/* MIPS-specific support for ELF
Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
- 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+ 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011
+ Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
<ian@cygnus.com>.
(abfd == NULL)
(2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
(abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
- (3) global and forced-local symbols
+ (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
(abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
that should be added to the symbol value. */
bfd_vma addend;
/* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
- corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if
- h->forced_local). */
+ corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
+ is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
+ otherwise it is in the global area. */
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
} d;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
/* The number of global .got entries. */
unsigned int global_gotno;
+ /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
+ unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
/* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
unsigned int tls_gotno;
/* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
/* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
-struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash {
+struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
+{
bfd *bfd;
struct mips_got_info *g;
};
struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
union
{
- struct mips_got_info *got_info;
bfd_byte *tdata;
} u;
};
#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
+#define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
+ (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
+ && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
+ && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
+
+/* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
+ a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
+ linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
+ contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
+ (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
+ like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
+
+ GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
+ GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
+ GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
+ the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
+ accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
+ relocations only.
+
+ These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
+ values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
+ values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
+#define GGA_NORMAL 0
+#define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
+#define GGA_NONE 2
+
+/* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
+ two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
+
+ lui $25,%hi(func)
+ addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
+
+ immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
+
+ lui $25,%hi(func)
+ j func
+ addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
+
+ to a separate trampoline section.
+
+ Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
+ target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
+ pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
+struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
+ /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
+ asection *stub_section;
+
+ /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
+ bfd_vma offset;
+
+ /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
+ in H->root.root.u.def. */
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+};
+
+/* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
+
+#define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
+#define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
+#define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
+#define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0x41b9) /* lui t9,VAL */
+#define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) (VAL)
+#define LA25_J_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0xd400 | (((VAL) >> 17) & 0x3ff)) /* j VAL */
+#define LA25_J_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) ((VAL) >> 1)
+#define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1(VAL) (0x3339) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
+#define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2(VAL) (VAL)
+
/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
the dynamic symbols. */
/* External symbol information. */
EXTR esym;
+ /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
+ struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
+
/* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
this symbol. */
unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
- /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against
- a readonly section. */
- bfd_boolean readonly_reloc;
-
- /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
- related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but
- R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition",
- p. 4-20. */
- bfd_boolean no_fn_stub;
-
/* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
asection *fn_stub;
- /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears
- in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
- bfd_boolean need_fn_stub;
-
/* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
asection *call_stub;
being called returns a floating point value. */
asection *call_fp_stub;
- /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted
- the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */
- bfd_boolean forced_local;
-
- /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */
- bfd_boolean is_relocation_target;
-
- /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */
- bfd_boolean is_branch_target;
-
#define GOT_NORMAL 0
#define GOT_TLS_GD 1
#define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
#define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
#define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
unsigned char tls_type;
+
/* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
overloaded already. */
bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
+
+ /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
+ unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
+
+ /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
+ a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
+ non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
+ unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
+
+ /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
+ is against a readonly section. */
+ unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
+
+ /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
+ resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
+ cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
+ unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
+
+ /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
+ This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
+ taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
+ See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
+ unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
+
+ /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
+ in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
+ unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
+
+ /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
+ any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
+ la25 stub is required. */
+ unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
+
+ /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
+ (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
+ unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
};
/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
/* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */
bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES];
#endif
+
/* The number of .rtproc entries. */
bfd_size_type procedure_count;
+
/* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
+
/* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic
entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */
bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
+
/* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
bfd_vma rld_value;
+
/* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
- /* True if we've computed the size of the GOT. */
- bfd_boolean computed_got_sizes;
+
+ /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
+ bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
+
/* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
+
/* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
+
/* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
being used. */
asection *srelbss;
asection *srelplt2;
asection *sgotplt;
asection *splt;
- /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */
+ asection *sstubs;
+ asection *sgot;
+
+ /* The master GOT information. */
+ struct mips_got_info *got_info;
+
+ /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
bfd_vma plt_header_size;
- /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */
+
+ /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
+
+ /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
+ bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
+
/* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
bfd_vma function_stub_size;
+
+ /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
+ unsigned int reserved_gotno;
+
+ /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
+ See the comment above that structure for details. */
+ asection *strampoline;
+
+ /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
+ pairs. */
+ htab_t la25_stubs;
+
+ /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
+ called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
+ the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
+ should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
+
+ The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
+ returns null. */
+ asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
+};
+
+/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
+
+#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
+ (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
+ == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
+
+/* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
+struct mips_htab_traverse_info
+{
+ /* The usual link-wide information. */
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ bfd *output_bfd;
+
+ /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
+ bfd_boolean error;
};
#define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
|| r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
- || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
+ || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
\f
static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
- (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *,
- bfd_vma, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
+ (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
(bfd_vma);
-static bfd_boolean mips16_stub_section_p
- (bfd *, asection *);
static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
(bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
+/* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
+ non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
+#define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
+ ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
+ || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
+
+/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
+ This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
+ for RM9000 for now. */
+#define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
+ ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
+
+/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
+ This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
+ all CPUs. */
+#define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
+
+/* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
+ This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
+ all CPUs. */
+#define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
+
+/* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
+#define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
+ ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
+
/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
: bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
+/* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
+#define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
+ (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
+
/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
(get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
-/* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL
- (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are
- two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and
- the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is
- in range for the first relocation section, check that the external
- relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if
- rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first
- section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second
- section, that is RELA. */
-#define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \
- ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \
- * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \
- > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \
- == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \
- == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \
- : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))))
-
/* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
#define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
(mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
#define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
-/* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */
-#define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \
- (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2)
+/* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
+ a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
+ module pointer. */
+#define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
+ ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
#define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
#define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
\f
+/* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
+ 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
+ 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
+ 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
+ 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
+ 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
+};
+
+/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
+ because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
+ 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
+ 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
+ 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
+ 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
+ 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
+};
+
+/* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
+ from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
+ 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
+ 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
+ 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 */
+ 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
+ 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
+ 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
+};
+
+/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
+static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
+{
+ 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
+ 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
+ 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
+ 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
+};
+
/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
-static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] = {
+static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
+{
0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
};
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
-static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] = {
+static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
+{
0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
};
/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
-static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] = {
+static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
+{
0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
0x00000000, /* nop */
0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
};
/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
-static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] = {
+static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
+{
0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
};
(bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
(info)))
-/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
-
-#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
- ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash))
-
/* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
/* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
ret->esym.ifd = -2;
+ ret->la25_stub = 0;
ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
- ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
- ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
ret->fn_stub = NULL;
- ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
ret->call_stub = NULL;
ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
- ret->forced_local = FALSE;
- ret->is_branch_target = FALSE;
- ret->is_relocation_target = FALSE;
ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
+ ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
+ ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
+ ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
+ ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
+ ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
+ ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
+ ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
+ ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
}
return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
free (sv);
return FALSE;
}
+\f
+/* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
+ value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+ const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
+ bfd_vma size)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
+ const char *name;
+
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
+ value |= 1;
+
+ /* Create a new symbol. */
+ name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
+ bh = NULL;
+ if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
+ BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
+ TRUE, FALSE, &bh))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Make it a local function. */
+ elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
+ elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
+ elfh->size = size;
+ elfh->forced_local = 1;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
+ current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
+ to read. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
+ const char *prefix)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
+ const char *name;
+ asection *s;
+ bfd_vma value;
+
+ /* Read the symbol's value. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
+ s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+ value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
+
+ /* Create a new symbol. */
+ name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
+ bh = NULL;
+ if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
+ BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
+ TRUE, FALSE, &bh))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
+ elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
+ elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
+ elfh->other = h->root.other;
+ elfh->size = h->root.size;
+ elfh->forced_local = 1;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
+ function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
+{
+ const char *name;
+
+ name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
+ return (FN_STUB_P (name)
+ || CALL_STUB_P (name)
+ || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
+ || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
+}
+
+/* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
+ stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
+ function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
+
+static unsigned long
+mips16_stub_symndx (asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
+{
+ const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
+
+ /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any. */
+ for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
+ if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
+ return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
+
+ /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
+ the traditional behavior. */
+ if (relocs < relend)
+ return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
+
+ return 0;
+}
/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
discard them. */
-static bfd_boolean
-mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
- void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+static void
+mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
{
- if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
+ /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
+ objects try to call them. */
+ if (h->fn_stub != NULL
+ && h->root.dynindx != -1)
+ {
+ mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
+ h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
+ }
if (h->fn_stub != NULL
&& ! h->need_fn_stub)
}
if (h->call_stub != NULL
- && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
+ && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
{
/* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
}
if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
- && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16)
+ && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
{
/* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
}
+}
+
+/* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
+
+static hashval_t
+mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
+{
+ const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
+
+ entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
+ return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
+ + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
+}
+
+static int
+mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
+{
+ const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
+
+ entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
+ entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
+ return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
+ == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
+ && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
+ == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
+}
+
+/* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
+ the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
+ success. */
+
+bfd_boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
+ asection *))
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ htab->add_stub_section = fn;
+ htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
+ mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
+ if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
+ that it might need $25 to be valid on entry. Note that MIPS16
+ functions never need $25 to be valid on entry; they set up $gp
+ using PC-relative instructions instead. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && h->root.def_regular
+ && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
+ && !ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
+ && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
+ || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
+}
+
+/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
+ by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
+ Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ char *name;
+ asection *s, *input_section;
+ unsigned int align;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
+ name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
+ if (name == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
+
+ /* Create the section. */
+ input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
+ s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
+ input_section->output_section);
+ if (s == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
+ align = input_section->alignment_power;
+ if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (align > 3)
+ s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
+
+ /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
+ mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
+ stub->stub_section = s;
+ stub->offset = s->size;
+
+ /* Allocate room for it. */
+ s->size += 8;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
+ with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
+ the function symbol to it. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ asection *s;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
+ s = htab->strampoline;
+ if (s == NULL)
+ {
+ asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
+ s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
+ input_section->output_section);
+ if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->strampoline = s;
+ }
+
+ /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
+ mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
+ stub->stub_section = s;
+ stub->offset = s->size;
+
+ /* Allocate room for it. */
+ s->size += 16;
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
+ appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
+ bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
+ asection *s;
+ bfd_vma value;
+ void **slot;
+
+ /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
+ of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
+ s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
+ value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
+ use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
+
+ /* Describe the stub we want. */
+ search.stub_section = NULL;
+ search.offset = 0;
+ search.h = h;
+
+ /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
+ if (slot == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
+ if (stub != NULL)
+ {
+ /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
+ h->la25_stub = stub;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+
+ /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
+ stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
+ if (stub == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ *stub = search;
+ *slot = stub;
+
+ h->la25_stub = stub;
+ return (use_trampoline_p
+ ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
+ : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
+}
+
+/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
+ sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
+{
+ struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
+
+ hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
+ if (!hti->info->relocatable)
+ mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
+
+ if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
+ {
+ /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
+ collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
+ if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
+ return TRUE;
+ /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
+ If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
+ being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
+ non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
+ stub. */
+ if (hti->info->relocatable)
+ {
+ if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
+ h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
+ }
+ else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
+ {
+ hti->error = TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
return TRUE;
}
\f
let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
- R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16
- mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this:
+ The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
+ Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
+ given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
+ immediate fields:
+
+ R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
+ R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
+ R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
+ R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
+ R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
+
+ A typical instruction will have a format like this:
+--------------+--------------------------------+
| EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
opcode.
- This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the
- addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that
- is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field.
+ All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
+ As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
+ little-endian system. */
- All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As
- above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
- little-endian system.
-
- R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to
- access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing
- can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16,
- except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above
- for R_MIPS16_GPREL.
- */
-void
-_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
- bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
+static inline bfd_boolean
+mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
{
- bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_MIPS16_26:
+ case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS16_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS16_LO16:
+ return TRUE;
- if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
- && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
- return;
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
- /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */
- extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
- insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
- if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
- {
- if (jal_shuffle)
- val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11)
- | ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn;
- else
- val = extend << 16 | insn;
- }
+/* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
+}
+
+/* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
+ on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
+ and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
+ && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
+ && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
+ || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
+ || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
+ || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
+ || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
+ || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
+{
+ return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM;
+}
+
+static inline bfd_boolean
+tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
+{
+ return r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL;
+}
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
+ bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
+{
+ bfd_vma first, second, val;
+
+ if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
+ return;
+
+ /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
+ first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
+ second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
+ if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
+ val = first << 16 | second;
+ else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
+ val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
+ | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
else
- val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11)
- | ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f);
+ val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
+ | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
}
void
-_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
- bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
+_bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
+ bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
{
- bfd_vma extend, insn, val;
+ bfd_vma first, second, val;
- if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL
- && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
+ if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
return;
val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
- if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
+ if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
{
- if (jal_shuffle)
- {
- insn = val & 0xffff;
- extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
- | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
- }
- else
- {
- insn = val & 0xffff;
- extend = val >> 16;
- }
+ second = val & 0xffff;
+ first = val >> 16;
+ }
+ else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
+ {
+ second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
+ first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
}
else
{
- insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
- extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
+ second = val & 0xffff;
+ first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
+ | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
}
- bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2);
- bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
}
bfd_reloc_status_type
return bfd_reloc_ok;
}
-/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just
+/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
- location);
- vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
location);
+ vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
+ location);
while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
{
hi = mips_hi16_list;
- /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
- want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16
+ /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
+ want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
has a rightshift of 0. */
if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
+ else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
+ hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
+ else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
+ hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
/* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
val += reloc_entry->addend;
/* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
- location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
+ location);
status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
location);
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
- location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
+ location);
if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
return status;
bfd_boolean strip;
asection *sec, *output_section;
- if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
-
if (h->root.indx == -2)
strip = FALSE;
else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
else
h->esym.asym.value = 0;
}
- else if (h->root.needs_plt)
+ else
{
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
- bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub;
while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
- {
- hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
- no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub;
- }
+ hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
- if (!no_fn_stub)
+ if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
{
/* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
return sreloc;
}
-/* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */
-
-static asection *
-mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded)
-{
- asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got");
- if (sgot == NULL
- || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0))
- return NULL;
- return sgot;
-}
-
-/* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by
- INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT
- section. */
-
-static struct mips_got_info *
-mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp)
-{
- asection *sgot;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
-
- sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
- BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
- BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
- BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
-
- if (sgotp)
- *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL;
-
- return g;
-}
-
/* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
is NULL). */
static void
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
asection *sreloc,
+ unsigned long reloc_index,
unsigned long indx,
int r_type,
bfd_vma offset)
(*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
(output_bfd, &rel[0],
(sreloc->contents
- + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
+ + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
}
else
bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
(output_bfd, &rel[0],
(sreloc->contents
- + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
- ++sreloc->reloc_count;
+ + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
}
/* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
bfd_vma value)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
int indx;
asection *sreloc, *sgot;
bfd_vma offset, offset2;
- bfd *dynobj;
bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ if (htab == NULL)
+ return;
+
+ sgot = htab->sgot;
indx = 0;
if (h != NULL)
if (need_relocs)
{
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
- (abfd, sreloc, indx,
+ (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
if (indx)
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
- (abfd, sreloc, indx,
+ (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
else
sgot->contents + offset);
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
- (abfd, sreloc, indx,
+ (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
}
sgot->contents + got_offset);
else
mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
- (abfd, sreloc, indx,
+ (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
}
int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
{
- BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
- || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM);
+ BFD_ASSERT (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type));
mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL)
+ if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
{
BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
return got_index;
}
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD)
+ if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
{
BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
return got_index;
}
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
+ if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
{
BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
return got_index;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
+ /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
+ section starts with reserved entries. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
+
/* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
{
- asection *sgot;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
- entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
- value, r_symndx, h, r_type);
+ entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
+ r_symndx, h, r_type);
if (!entry)
return MINUS_ONE;
if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
{
- if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
+ if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
/* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
hash table entry to track the index. */
return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
- bfd_vma index;
- asection *sgot;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ bfd_vma got_index;
struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
long global_got_dynindx = 0;
- gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot);
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ gg = g = htab->got_info;
if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
{
struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
- index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
- r_type, info, hm, value);
+ got_index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
+ r_type, info, hm, value);
}
else
{
indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
offset. */
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
- index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
- * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
+ got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
+ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
}
- BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->size);
+ BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
- return index;
+ return got_index;
}
/* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
{
- asection *sgot;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
- bfd_vma page, index;
+ bfd_vma page, got_index;
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
-
page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
- entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
- page, 0, NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
+ entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
+ NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
if (!entry)
return MINUS_ONE;
- index = entry->gotidx;
+ got_index = entry->gotidx;
if (offsetp)
*offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
- return index;
+ return got_index;
}
-/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
- EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol
- that has been forced local. */
+/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
+ EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
+ symbol that binds locally. */
static bfd_vma
mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
{
- asection *sgot;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
struct mips_got_entry *entry;
/* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
if (! external)
value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot);
-
- entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot,
- value, 0, NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
+ /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
+ R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
+ same in all cases. */
+ entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
+ NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
if (entry)
return entry->gotidx;
else
in the GOT. */
static bfd_vma
-mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd,
- bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index)
+mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
+ bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
asection *sgot;
bfd_vma gp;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ sgot = htab->sgot;
gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
- + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd);
+ + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
- return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp;
+ return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
}
/* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
static struct mips_got_entry *
mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
- bfd *ibfd, struct mips_got_info *gg,
- asection *sgot, bfd_vma value,
+ bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
unsigned long r_symndx,
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
int r_type)
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
entry.abfd = NULL;
entry.symndx = -1;
entry.d.address = value;
entry.tls_type = 0;
- g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd);
+ g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
if (g == NULL)
{
- g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd);
+ g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
}
- /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the
- global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local
- or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not
- automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */
- BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->root.forced_local);
+ /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
+ area of the GOT. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
{
struct mips_got_entry *p;
entry.abfd = ibfd;
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
+ if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
{
entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
entry.symndx = 0;
}
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
- (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
+ (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
/* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
if (htab->is_vxworks)
{
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
asection *s;
- bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_byte *rloc;
bfd_vma got_address;
s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
- got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma
- + sgot->output_offset
+ got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
+ + htab->sgot->output_offset
+ entry.gotidx);
- loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
+ rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
outrel.r_offset = got_address;
outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
outrel.r_addend = value;
- bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
+ bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
}
return *loc;
}
+/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
+ The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
+ much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
+ the current linking stage. */
+
+static bfd_size_type
+count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ bfd_size_type count;
+
+ count = 0;
+ if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
+ {
+ asection *p;
+ const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
+
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
+ for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
+ if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
+ && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
+ && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
+ ++count;
+ }
+ return count;
+}
+
/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
- appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space
- required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols
- known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During
- _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the
- section symbols are added and the count is higher. */
+ appear towards the end. */
static bfd_boolean
-mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local)
+mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
struct mips_got_info *g;
- bfd *dynobj;
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
+ return TRUE;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ g = htab->got_info;
+ if (g == NULL)
+ return TRUE;
hsd.low = NULL;
- hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx =
- hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
- /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info
- indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the
- primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are
- dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't
- referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they
- don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting
- too large offsets. */
- - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0);
- hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local;
+ hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
+ = hsd.min_got_dynindx
+ = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
+ hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
elf_hash_table (info)),
mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
/* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
- BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
- <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
+ BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
+ == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
+ BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
+ == g->global_gotno);
/* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
table index in the GOT. */
{
struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
- if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
-
/* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
at all. */
if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
return TRUE;
- /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly
- referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are
- referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get
- -1. Forced local symbols may also be marked with got offset 1,
- but are never given global GOT entries. */
- if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
+ switch (h->global_got_area)
{
- BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
+ case GGA_NONE:
+ h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
+ break;
- if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
- hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
- h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
- }
- else if (h->root.got.offset != 1 || h->forced_local)
- h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
- else
- {
+ case GGA_NORMAL:
BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ break;
+
+ case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL);
+
+ if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
+ hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
+ break;
}
return TRUE;
/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
- posterity. */
+ posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
+ using the GOT entry for calls. */
static bfd_boolean
mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
- struct mips_got_info *g,
+ bfd_boolean for_call,
unsigned char tls_flag)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ if (!for_call)
+ hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
/* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
table. */
{
case STV_INTERNAL:
case STV_HIDDEN:
- _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
+ _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
break;
}
if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
}
/* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
+ g = htab->got_info;
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
entry.abfd = abfd;
memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
- if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE)
- return TRUE;
-
if (tls_flag == 0)
- {
- /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that
- there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the
- generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */
- h->got.offset = 1;
- if (h->forced_local)
- g->local_gotno++;
- }
+ hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
return TRUE;
}
static bfd_boolean
mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
- struct mips_got_info *g,
+ struct bfd_link_info *info,
unsigned char tls_flag)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ g = htab->got_info;
+ BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+
entry.abfd = abfd;
entry.symndx = symndx;
entry.d.addend = addend;
return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
}
-/* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and that
- ADDEND is the addend for that relocation. G is the GOT information. */
+/* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
+ that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
+
+ This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
+ required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
+ global symbols across multiple input files. */
static bfd_boolean
-mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend,
- struct mips_got_info *g)
+mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
+ long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
void **loc;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ g = htab->got_info;
+ BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
+
/* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
lookup.abfd = abfd;
lookup.symndx = symndx;
return TRUE;
}
-\f
-/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
-static hashval_t
-mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
+/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ unsigned int n)
{
- const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
- = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
+ asection *s;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
- return entry->bfd->id;
-}
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
-/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
+ s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+ BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
+ else
+ {
+ if (s->size == 0)
+ {
+ /* Make room for a null element. */
+ s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
+ ++s->reloc_count;
+ }
+ s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
+ }
+}
+\f
+/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
+ if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
static int
-mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
+mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
{
- const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
- = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
- const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
- = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
-
- return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
-}
+ struct mips_got_entry *entry;
+ bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
+
+ entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
+ must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
+ if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
+ {
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = entry->d.h;
+ if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+ {
+ *must_recreate = TRUE;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
+ hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
+ symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
+ on error. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
+{
+ htab_t *new_got;
+ struct mips_got_entry *entry;
+ void **slot;
+
+ new_got = (htab_t *) data;
+ entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
+ if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
+ {
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ h = entry->d.h;
+ while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
+ h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
+ }
+ entry->d.h = h;
+ }
+ slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
+ if (slot == NULL)
+ {
+ *new_got = NULL;
+ return 0;
+ }
+ if (*slot == NULL)
+ *slot = entry;
+ else
+ free (entry);
+ return 1;
+}
+
+/* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
+ replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
+{
+ bfd_boolean must_recreate;
+ htab_t new_got;
+
+ must_recreate = FALSE;
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
+ if (must_recreate)
+ {
+ new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
+ mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
+ mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
+ if (new_got == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Each entry in g->got_entries has either been copied to new_got
+ or freed. Now delete the hash table itself. */
+ htab_delete (g->got_entries);
+ g->got_entries = new_got;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
+ to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
+ in the master GOT. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
+{
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_got_info *g;
+
+ info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ g = htab->got_info;
+ if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
+ {
+ /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
+ local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
+ case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
+ Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
+ live in the local GOT.
+
+ Note that the former condition does not always imply the
+ latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
+ undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
+ if (h->root.dynindx == -1
+ || (h->got_only_for_calls
+ ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
+ : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
+ {
+ /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
+ entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
+ will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
+ if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
+ g->local_gotno++;
+ h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
+ }
+ else if (htab->is_vxworks
+ && h->got_only_for_calls
+ && h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
+ /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
+ they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
+ will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
+ h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
+ else
+ {
+ g->global_gotno++;
+ if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
+ g->reloc_only_gotno++;
+ }
+ }
+ return 1;
+}
+\f
+/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
+
+static hashval_t
+mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
+{
+ const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
+ = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
+
+ return entry->bfd->id;
+}
+
+/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
+
+static int
+mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
+{
+ const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
+ = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
+ const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
+ = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
+
+ return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
+}
/* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
be the master GOT data. */
g->global_gotsym = NULL;
g->global_gotno = 0;
+ g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
g->local_gotno = 0;
g->page_gotno = 0;
g->assigned_gotno = -1;
if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
g->tls_gotno += 1;
}
- else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local)
+ else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
++g->local_gotno;
else
++g->global_gotno;
if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
- /* And conservatively estimate how many local, global and TLS entries
+ /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
would be needed. */
- estimate += (from->local_gotno
- + from->global_gotno
- + from->tls_gotno
- + to->local_gotno
- + to->global_gotno
- + to->tls_gotno);
+ estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
+ estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
+
+ /* If we're merging with the primary got, we will always have
+ the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
+ conservatively as well. */
+ if (to == arg->primary)
+ estimate += arg->global_count;
+ else
+ estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
/* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
if (estimate > arg->max_count)
mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
- if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1
- && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1
- && !entry->d.h->forced_local
- && entry->d.h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL)
+ if (entry->abfd != NULL
+ && entry->symndx == -1
+ && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
{
if (g)
{
++arg->needed_relocs;
}
else
- entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value;
+ entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
}
return 1;
}
-/* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over
- as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */
+/* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
+ bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
+ lazy-binding stubs. */
+
static int
-mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
{
- struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
+ struct bfd_link_info *info;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_got_entry *entry;
+
+ entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
+ info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
if (entry->abfd != NULL
&& entry->symndx == -1
- && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1)
- entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
-
- return 1;
-}
-
-/* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry
- points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer
- to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may
- modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate
- we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so
- the traversal must be restarted. */
-static int
-mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p)
-{
- struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
- htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p;
-
- if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
+ && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
{
- struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h;
-
- while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
- || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
-
- if (entry->d.h == h)
- return 1;
-
- entry->d.h = h;
-
- /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert
- it, and get the traversal restarted. */
- if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry))
- {
- htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp);
- entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT);
- if (! *entryp)
- *entryp = entry;
- /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have
- moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the
- process. */
- *(htab_t *)p = NULL;
- return 0;
- }
- /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's
- either too early or too late for that at this point. */
+ entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
+ htab->lazy_stub_count--;
}
return 1;
}
-/* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final
- locations. */
-static void
-mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
-{
- htab_t got_entries;
-
- do
- {
- got_entries = g->got_entries;
-
- htab_traverse (got_entries,
- mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry,
- &got_entries);
- }
- while (got_entries == NULL);
-}
-
/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
the primary GOT. */
static bfd_vma
static bfd_boolean
mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
- struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got,
- bfd_size_type pages)
+ asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
- struct mips_got_info *gg;
- unsigned int assign;
+ struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
+ unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
+ bfd *dynobj;
+ dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ g = htab->got_info;
g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
/ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
- - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info));
+ - htab->reserved_gotno);
got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
/* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
g->next->global_gotno = 0;
+ g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
g->next->local_gotno = 0;
g->next->page_gotno = 0;
g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
*bfdgotp = bfdgot;
}
- /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced
- in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so
- arrange for them to appear after those that are actually
- referenced.
-
- GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down
- the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic
- symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from
- the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT
- helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux
- follows IRIX's practice.
-
- The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count
- global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with
- an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where
- the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is
- preserved. */
- if (1)
- {
- gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
- g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
- set_got_offset_arg.value = 2;
- }
- else
- {
- /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize
- symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use
- primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined.
- With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global
- symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that
- their entries can be omitted. */
- gg->assigned_gotno = 0;
- set_got_offset_arg.value = -1;
- }
+ /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
+ present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
+ those that are actually referenced. */
+ gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
+ g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
- /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior
- depends on the setting of VALUE). */
set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
+ set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
&set_got_offset_arg);
- set_got_offset_arg.value = 1;
+ set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
&set_got_offset_arg);
- if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
- return FALSE;
/* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
[assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
{
struct mips_got_info *gn;
- assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
+ assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
g->assigned_gotno = assign;
g->local_gotno += assign;
g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
/* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
g = gn;
- /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for
- stubs. */
+ /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
+ lazy-binding stubs. */
if (g)
- htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL);
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
}
while (g);
got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
- + gg->next->global_gotno
- + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+ + gg->next->global_gotno
+ + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+
+ needed_relocs = 0;
+ set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
+ set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
+ for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
+ {
+ unsigned int save_assign;
+
+ /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
+ save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
+ g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
+ set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
+ set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
+ mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
+ &set_got_offset_arg);
+ needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
+ BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
+
+ g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
+ if (info->shared)
+ {
+ needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
+ BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
+ + g->next->global_gotno
+ + g->next->tls_gotno
+ + htab->reserved_gotno);
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (needed_relocs)
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
+ needed_relocs);
return TRUE;
}
return NULL;
}
-/* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */
+/* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
static bfd_boolean
mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
- asection **local_sections,
- bfd_boolean check_forced)
+ asection **local_sections)
{
unsigned long r_symndx;
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
- struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
size_t extsymoff;
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
return TRUE;
- if (check_forced)
- {
- /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol
- was forced local. */
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
- elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
- /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
- while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
- || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
- if (h->root.forced_local)
- return TRUE;
- }
-
return FALSE;
}
\f
/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
static bfd_boolean
-mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
- bfd_boolean maybe_exclude)
+mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
flagword flags;
register asection *s;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
/* This function may be called more than once. */
- s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE);
- if (s)
- {
- if (! maybe_exclude)
- s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
- return TRUE;
- }
+ if (htab->sgot)
+ return TRUE;
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
- if (maybe_exclude)
- flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
-
/* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
if (s == NULL
|| ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
return FALSE;
+ htab->sgot = s;
/* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
return FALSE;
g->global_gotsym = NULL;
g->global_gotno = 0;
+ g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
g->tls_gotno = 0;
- g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
+ g->local_gotno = 0;
g->page_gotno = 0;
- g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
+ g->assigned_gotno = 0;
g->bfd2got = NULL;
g->next = NULL;
g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
return FALSE;
- mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g;
+ htab->got_info = g;
mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
- /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */
- if (htab->is_vxworks)
- {
- s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
- SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
- | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
- if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
- return FALSE;
+ /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
+ SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
+ | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
+ if (s == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->sgotplt = s;
- htab->sgotplt = s;
- }
return TRUE;
}
\f
&& (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
|| strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
}
+
+/* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
+ require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
+ which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
+ stub. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type)
+{
+ /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
+ where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
+ necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
+ is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
+ the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
+ if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_MIPS_26:
+ case R_MIPS_PC16:
+ case R_MIPS16_26:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
+ return TRUE;
+
+ default:
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+}
\f
/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
- REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this
- relocation must be JALX.
+ On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
+ is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
- const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp,
+ const char **namep,
+ bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
bfd_boolean save_addend)
{
/* The eventual value we will return. */
bfd_vma symbol = 0;
/* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
shared object file being produced. */
- bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE;
+ bfd_vma gp;
/* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
relocated. */
bfd_vma p;
/* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
- bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE;
+ bfd_vma gp0;
/* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
during execution. */
bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
/* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
+ bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
bfd *dynobj;
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
/* Parse the relocation. */
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
used in the array of hash table entries. */
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
- local_sections, FALSE);
+ local_sections);
was_local_p = local_p;
if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
}
- /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */
- if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
+ /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
++symbol;
/* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
if (*namep == '\0')
*namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
- target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16);
+ target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
+ target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
}
else
{
{
/* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
- if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16
- && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16)
+ if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
gp_disp_p = TRUE;
http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
symbol = 0;
}
+ else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+ (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
+ input_section, relocation->r_offset,
+ (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
+ || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
+ {
+ return bfd_reloc_undefined;
+ }
else
{
- if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
- (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
- input_section, relocation->r_offset,
- (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
- || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other))))
- return bfd_reloc_undefined;
- symbol = 0;
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
}
- target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16);
+ target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
+ /* If the output section is the PLT section,
+ then the target is not microMIPS. */
+ target_is_micromips_code_p = (htab->splt != sec
+ && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other));
}
- /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we
- need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in*
- a stub. */
- if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
- && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL)
+ /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
+ to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
+
+ (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
+
+ (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
+ non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
+
+ (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
+ if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
+ && !info->relocatable
+ && ((h != NULL
+ && h->fn_stub != NULL
+ && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
|| (local_p
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
&& elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
- && !mips16_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section))
+ && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
{
/* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
have already noticed that we were going to need the
target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
}
/* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
- need to redirect the call to the stub. */
+ need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
+ exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
+ use an indirect stub instead. */
else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
&& ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
|| (local_p
BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
}
+ /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
+ non-PIC stub. */
+ else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
+ && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type))
+ symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
+ + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
+ + h->la25_stub->offset);
+
+ /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
+ if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
+ || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
+ return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
+ }
/* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
- special jalx instruction. */
- *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable
- && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
- || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p)));
+ mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
+ which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
+ because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
+ symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
+ acceptable. */
+ *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
+ && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+ && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
+ || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
+ && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
+ || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
+ && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
+ || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
+
+ local_p = h == NULL || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root);
+
+ gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
+ gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
+ if (htab->got_info)
+ gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
- local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
- local_sections, TRUE);
+ if (gnu_local_gp_p)
+ symbol = gp;
- /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value,
- and we're going to need it, get it now. */
- switch (r_type)
+ /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
+ to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
+ corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
+ if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
{
- case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
- /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't
- bind locally. */
- local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1);
- if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST)
- break;
- /* Fall through. */
+ r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
+ ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
+ addend = 0;
+ }
+ /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
+ to need it, get it now. */
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
/* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
+ if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
{
g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
0, 0, NULL, r_type);
/* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
if (htab->is_vxworks
- && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
- || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
- || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16))
+ && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
{
BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
}
else
{
- /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a
- GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the
- symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added
- as GOT_OFST. */
- BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
+ BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
&h->root, r_type, info);
if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
- && (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created
- || (info->shared
- && (info->symbolic || h->root.forced_local)
- && h->root.def_regular)))
- {
- /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The
- symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local.
- We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */
- asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, sgot->contents + g);
- }
+ && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+ /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
}
}
else if (!htab->is_vxworks
- && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)))
+ && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
/* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
break;
else
}
/* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
- g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, g);
- break;
-
- case R_MIPS_HI16:
- case R_MIPS_LO16:
- case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
- case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
- case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
- case R_MIPS16_HI16:
- case R_MIPS16_LO16:
- case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
- gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
- gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
- if (dynobj)
- gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL),
- input_bfd);
- break;
-
- default:
+ g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
break;
}
- if (gnu_local_gp_p)
- symbol = gp;
-
/* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
case R_MIPS_REL32:
case R_MIPS_64:
if ((info->shared
- || (!htab->is_vxworks
- && htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
+ || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
&& h != NULL
&& h->root.def_dynamic
- && !h->root.def_regular))
- && r_symndx != 0
+ && !h->root.def_regular
+ && !h->has_static_relocs))
+ && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
+ && (h == NULL
+ || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
+ || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
&& (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
{
- /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is
- against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know
+ /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
- linker.
-
- In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
- are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
- no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
+ linker. We must do the same for executable references to
+ shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
+ relocs or PLTs instead. */
value = addend;
if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
info,
mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
R_MIPS_26 case here. */
case R_MIPS_26:
- if (local_p)
- value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2;
- else
- {
- value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2;
- if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
- overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28);
- }
- value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
+ {
+ unsigned int shift;
+
+ /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
+ the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
+ if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
+ return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
+
+ /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
+ shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
+
+ if (was_local_p)
+ value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
+ else
+ value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
+ value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
+ if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
+ overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ }
break;
case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
& howto->dst_mask);
break;
case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
& howto->dst_mask);
break;
case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_HI16:
case R_MIPS16_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
if (!gp_disp_p)
{
value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
both reloc addends by 4. */
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4);
+ /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
+ instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
+ incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
+ value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
else
value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
case R_MIPS_LO16:
case R_MIPS16_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
if (!gp_disp_p)
value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
else
for this conditional. */
if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
value = addend + gp - p;
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
+ value = addend + gp - p + 3;
else
value = addend + gp - p + 4;
/* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
break;
case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
/* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
/* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
break;
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
/* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
- R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
+ R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
{
- bfd_boolean forced;
-
- forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
- local_sections, FALSE);
value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
- symbol + addend, forced);
+ symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
if (value == MINUS_ONE)
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
value
- = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value);
+ = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
break;
}
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
- got_disp:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
value = g;
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
break;
value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
+ value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8) - p;
+ overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
+ value >>= howto->rightshift;
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ break;
+
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
+ value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11) - p;
+ overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
+ value >>= howto->rightshift;
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ break;
+
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
+ value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17) - p;
+ overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
+ value >>= howto->rightshift;
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ break;
+
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
+ value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25) - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
+ overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
+ value >>= howto->rightshift;
+ value &= howto->dst_mask;
+ break;
+
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
/* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
value = g & howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
- /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay
- to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to
- 0. */
- if (! local_p)
- goto got_disp;
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
if (value == MINUS_ONE)
return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
- value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value);
+ value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
break;
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
if (local_p)
mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
else
break;
case R_MIPS_SUB:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
value = symbol - addend;
value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
value &= howto->dst_mask;
break;
case R_MIPS_JALR:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
/* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
- branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */
- if (h != NULL && h->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
+ when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
+ if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
return bfd_reloc_continue;
value = symbol + addend;
break;
/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
- relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used
- for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is
- unconditionally converted to JALX.
+ relocation applies.
+ CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
+ is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
- bfd_boolean require_jalx)
+ bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
{
bfd_vma x;
bfd_byte *location;
/* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
/* Obtain the current value. */
x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
/* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
- if (require_jalx)
+ if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
{
bfd_boolean ok;
bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
jalx_opcode = 0x7;
}
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
+ {
+ ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
+ jalx_opcode = 0x3c;
+ }
else
{
ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
if (!ok)
{
(*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"),
+ (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Direct jumps between ISA modes are not allowed; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
input_bfd,
input_section,
(unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
}
- /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch
- prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we
- see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this
- transformation should be safe for all architectures. */
- if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd) == bfd_mach_mips9000
- && !info->relocatable
- && !require_jalx
- && ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
- || (r_type == R_MIPS_JALR && x == 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */
+ /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
+ range. */
+ if (!info->relocatable
+ && !cross_mode_jump_p
+ && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
+ && r_type == R_MIPS_26
+ && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
+ || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
+ && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
+ && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
+ || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
+ && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
+ && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
{
bfd_vma addr;
bfd_vma dest;
dest = value;
off = dest - addr;
if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
- x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
+ {
+ if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
+ x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
+ else
+ x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
+ }
}
/* Put the value into the output. */
bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
- location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
+ location);
return TRUE;
}
-
-/* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */
-
-static bfd_boolean
-mips16_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section)
-{
- const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section);
-
- return FN_STUB_P (name) || CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name);
-}
\f
-/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
-
-static void
-mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
- unsigned int n)
-{
- asection *s;
- struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
-
- htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
- s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
-
- if (htab->is_vxworks)
- s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
- else
- {
- if (s->size == 0)
- {
- /* Make room for a null element. */
- s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
- ++s->reloc_count;
- }
- s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
- }
-}
-
/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
/* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
in the relocation. */
- if (h != NULL
- && (!h->root.def_regular
- || (info->shared && !info->symbolic && !h->root.forced_local)))
+ if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
{
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
indx = h->root.dynindx;
if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
+ case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
+ return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
+
+ case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
+ return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
+
+ case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
+ return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
+
+ case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
+ return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
+
+ case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
+ return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
+
default:
switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
{
static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
-/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use.
- This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
+/* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
void
_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
{
elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
+ /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
{
}
break;
}
+
+ /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
+ or microMIPS one. */
+ if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
+ && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
+ {
+ asym->value--;
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
+ elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
+ = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
+ else
+ elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
+ = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
+ }
}
\f
/* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
{
const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
+ /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
+ prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
+ changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
+ _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
+ are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
+ input file, and without special handling here the flags set
+ on it in an input file will be followed. */
if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
|| strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
|| strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
}
- else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
- {
- hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
- hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
- }
else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
{
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
return FALSE;
break;
case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
- if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_"))
+ if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
+ && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
return FALSE;
break;
case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
}
- else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_"))
+ else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
+ || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
{
hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
&& ! info->shared
- && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec
+ && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
&& strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
{
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
/* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
- if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
++*valp;
return TRUE;
symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
-bfd_boolean
+int
_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
(struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
&& strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
- if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
sym->st_value &= ~1;
- return TRUE;
+ return 1;
}
\f
/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
}
/* We need to create .got section. */
- if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE))
+ if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
return FALSE;
if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
return FALSE;
/* Create .stub section. */
- if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
- MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL)
- {
- s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
- MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
- flags | SEC_CODE);
- if (s == NULL
- || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
- MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
- return FALSE;
- }
+ s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
+ MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
+ flags | SEC_CODE);
+ if (s == NULL
+ || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
+ MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
+ return FALSE;
+ htab->sstubs = s;
if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
&& !info->shared
}
}
+ /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
+ Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
+ if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Cache the sections created above. */
+ htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
+ htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
if (htab->is_vxworks)
{
- /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections.
- Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
- if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
- return FALSE;
-
- /* Cache the sections created above. */
- htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss");
htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss");
htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt");
- htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
- if (!htab->sdynbss
- || (!htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
- || !htab->srelplt
- || !htab->splt)
- abort ();
+ }
+ else
+ htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rel.plt");
+ if (!htab->sdynbss
+ || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
+ || !htab->srelplt
+ || !htab->splt)
+ abort ();
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
/* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
return FALSE;
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
}
}
+ else if (!info->shared)
+ {
+ /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
+ htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
+ htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
+ }
return TRUE;
}
Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
- /* To determine which flavor or relocation this is, we depend on the
- fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */
- rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr;
+ /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
+ fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
+ rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
+ if (rel_hdr == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- if ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
- >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel))
- rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr2;
- return rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
+ return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
+ < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
}
/* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
location = contents + rel->r_offset;
/* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
- _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
+ _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
return addend & howto->src_mask;
}
bfd_vma l;
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
- if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
+ if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
+ else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
+ lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
else
lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
bfd *dynobj;
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
size_t extsymoff;
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
- asection *sgot;
asection *sreloc;
const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
return TRUE;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+ bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
+ rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
+
/* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
/* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
this is for. */
- r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
+ r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
+ if (r_symndx == 0)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
+ " stub section `%s'"),
+ abfd, name);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
if (r_symndx < extsymoff
|| sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
/* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|| o->reloc_count == 0
- || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, o))
+ || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
continue;
sec_relocs
rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
- && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26)
+ && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
break;
if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
/* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
this is for. */
- r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info);
+ r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (sec, relocs, rel_end);
+ if (r_symndx == 0)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
+ " stub section `%s'"),
+ abfd, name);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
if (r_symndx < extsymoff
|| sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
/* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
|| o->reloc_count == 0
- || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, o))
+ || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
continue;
sec_relocs
}
}
- if (dynobj == NULL)
- {
- sgot = NULL;
- g = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- if (sgot == NULL)
- g = NULL;
- else
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
- BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
- }
- }
-
sreloc = NULL;
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
- rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
contents = NULL;
for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
{
unsigned long r_symndx;
unsigned int r_type;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+ bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
else
{
h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
+ while (h != NULL
+ && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
+ || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
+ h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ }
- /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */
- if (h != NULL)
+ /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
+ relocation into a dynamic one. */
+ can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
+ case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ if (dynobj == NULL)
+ elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
+ if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
+ return FALSE;
+ if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
{
- while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
- h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
+ abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
}
- }
+ break;
- /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */
- if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL)
- {
- switch (r_type)
+ /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
+ has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
+ case R_MIPS_JALR:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
+ break;
+
+ case R_MIPS_32:
+ case R_MIPS_REL32:
+ case R_MIPS_64:
+ /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
+ must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
+ possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
+
+ For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
+ choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
+ one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
+ usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
+ against a read-only section. */
+ if ((info->shared
+ || (h != NULL
+ && !htab->is_vxworks
+ && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
+ && !(!info->nocopyreloc
+ && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
+ && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
+ && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
{
- case R_MIPS_GOT16:
- case R_MIPS_CALL16:
- case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
- case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
- case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
- case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
- case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
- case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
if (dynobj == NULL)
elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
- if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE))
- return FALSE;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
- if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
- {
- (*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
- abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
- return FALSE;
- }
break;
+ }
+ /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
+ output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
+ read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
+ fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
+ handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
+
+ For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
+ these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
+ sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
+ so.
+
+ This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
+ in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
+ file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
+ happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
+ SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
+ nil. */
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
+ break;
+ /* Fall through. */
- case R_MIPS_32:
- case R_MIPS_REL32:
- case R_MIPS_64:
- /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
- are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
- no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */
- if (dynobj == NULL
- && (info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks))
- && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
- elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
- break;
+ default:
+ /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
+ for branches. */
+ if (h)
+ h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
+ /* Fall through. */
- default:
- break;
- }
+ case R_MIPS_26:
+ case R_MIPS_PC16:
+ case R_MIPS16_26:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
+ if (h)
+ ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
+ break;
}
if (h)
{
- ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_relocation_target = TRUE;
-
/* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
__GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
room for them in .rela.dyn. */
info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
}
}
- else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
- || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
- || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
- || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 && htab->is_vxworks))
+ else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
{
/* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
- the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and
- R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
+ the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
+ R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
- if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
- rel->r_addend, g, 0))
+ if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
+ rel->r_addend, info, 0))
return FALSE;
}
+ if (h != NULL && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type))
+ ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
+
switch (r_type)
{
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
if (h == NULL)
{
(*_bfd_error_handler)
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
if (h != NULL)
{
- /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt
- entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol.
- Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */
- if ((!htab->is_vxworks || h->forced_local)
- && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
+ /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
+ function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
+ a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
+ if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE, 0))
return FALSE;
/* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
break;
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
/* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
if (h)
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
- while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
- || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
- hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
- hmips->root.root.u.i.link;
-
+ /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
if (hmips->root.def_regular
&& ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
&& ! hmips->root.forced_local))
}
/* Fall through. */
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
- if (!h)
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
{
- /* This relocation needs a page entry in the GOT. */
+ /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
+ page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
+ know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
+ preemptible. */
if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
{
if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
howto, contents);
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
+ if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
contents, &addend);
else
}
else
addend = rel->r_addend;
- if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (abfd, r_symndx, addend, g))
+ if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
+ addend))
return FALSE;
- break;
}
/* Fall through. */
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
- if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
+ if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
+ FALSE, 0))
return FALSE;
break;
case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
if (info->shared)
info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
/* Fall through */
case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM)
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
+ if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
{
- r_symndx = 0;
+ r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
h = NULL;
}
/* Fall through */
case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
/* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
for TLS GD relocations. */
{
- unsigned char flag = (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
- ? GOT_TLS_GD
- : r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
- ? GOT_TLS_LDM
- : GOT_TLS_IE);
+ unsigned char flag;
+
+ flag = (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
+ ? GOT_TLS_GD
+ : tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type) ? GOT_TLS_LDM : GOT_TLS_IE);
if (h != NULL)
{
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
(struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
hmips->tls_type |= flag;
- if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, flag))
+ if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
+ FALSE, flag))
return FALSE;
}
else
{
- BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != 0);
+ BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != STN_UNDEF);
- if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
- rel->r_addend, g, flag))
+ if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
+ rel->r_addend,
+ info, flag))
return FALSE;
}
}
/* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
- if ((info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks))
- && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
+ if (can_make_dynamic_p)
{
if (sreloc == NULL)
{
if (sreloc == NULL)
return FALSE;
}
- if (info->shared)
+ if (info->shared && h == NULL)
{
/* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
{
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
- /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is
- defined in a dynamic object. */
+ /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
+ unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
+ weak with non-default visibility, in which case
+ it will be left as zero.
+
+ We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
+ in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
+
+ For an executable, we only need to copy this
+ reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
+ object. */
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
are relocations against the text segment. */
hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
}
-
- /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for
- this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol
- table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are
- dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply
- to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling
- between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */
- if (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)
- {
- if (dynobj == NULL)
- elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
- if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE))
- return FALSE;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot);
- if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0))
- return FALSE;
- }
}
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
break;
- case R_MIPS_PC16:
- if (h)
- ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE;
- break;
-
case R_MIPS_26:
- if (h)
- ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE;
- /* Fall through. */
-
case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
default:
((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
break;
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
case R_MIPS_JALR:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
break;
}
- /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global
- symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one.
- References from a stub section do not count. */
+ /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
+ if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
+ we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
+ when processing the stub's relocations. */
if (h != NULL
- && r_type != R_MIPS16_26
- && !mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, sec))
+ && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
+ && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
{
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
}
+
+ /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
+ shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
+ not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
+ will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
+ combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
+ if (info->shared)
+ {
+ switch (r_type)
+ {
+ case R_MIPS16_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS_HI16:
+ case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
+ case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
+ /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
+ no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
+ if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
+ break;
+
+ /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
+ and has a special meaning. */
+ if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
+ && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
+ break;
+
+ /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
+ if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
+ break;
+
+ /* FALLTHROUGH */
+
+ case R_MIPS16_26:
+ case R_MIPS_26:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
+ howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
+ abfd, howto->name,
+ (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
}
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
\f
-/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
- regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
- dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
- change the definition to something the rest of the link can
- understand. */
+/* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
-bfd_boolean
-_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+static bfd_boolean
+allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
{
+ struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
bfd *dynobj;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
- asection *s;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
- /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
- BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
- && (h->needs_plt
- || h->u.weakdef != NULL
- || (h->def_dynamic
- && h->ref_regular
- && !h->def_regular)));
+ /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
+ allocate relocations in shared objects. */
+ if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
+ return TRUE;
- /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy
- any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output
- file. */
- hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
+ will be redirected to the target symbol. */
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
+ a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
+ R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
if (! info->relocatable
&& hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
&& (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
- || !h->def_regular))
- {
- mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
- (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
- if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
- /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
- against the text segment. */
- info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
- }
-
- /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */
- if (! hmips->no_fn_stub
- && h->needs_plt)
+ || !h->def_regular
+ || info->shared))
{
- if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
- return TRUE;
+ bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
- /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
- the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
- function pointers compare as equal between the normal
- executable and the shared library. */
- if (!h->def_regular)
+ if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
{
- /* We need .stub section. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
- MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
+ /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
+ non-default visibility. */
+ if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
+ do_copy = FALSE;
- h->root.u.def.section = s;
- h->root.u.def.value = s->size;
+ /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
+ symbol in PIEs. */
+ else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
+ {
+ if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ }
- /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */
- h->plt.offset = s->size;
+ if (do_copy)
+ {
+ /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
+ the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
+ index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
+ relocations against it.
- /* Make room for this stub code. */
- s->size += htab->function_stub_size;
+ VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
+ and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
+ apply there. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
+ hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
+ hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
+ }
- /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index
- of this symbol in .dynsym section. */
- return TRUE;
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
+ (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
+ if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
+ /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
+ against the text segment. */
+ info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
}
}
- else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC)
- && !h->needs_plt)
- {
- /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and
- the dynamic linker will take care of this. */
- h->root.u.def.value = 0;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
- processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
- real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
- if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
- || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
- h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
- h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
- return TRUE;
- }
-
- /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
- is not a function. */
return TRUE;
}
-/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
+/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
+ regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
+ dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
+ change the definition to something the rest of the link can
+ understand. */
bfd_boolean
-_bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
+_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
{
bfd *dynobj;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
/* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
&& (h->needs_plt
- || h->needs_copy
|| h->u.weakdef != NULL
|| (h->def_dynamic
&& h->ref_regular
&& !h->def_regular)));
- /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if
- either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an
- executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter
- case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's
- load stub. */
- if ((hmips->is_branch_target
- || (!info->shared
- && h->type == STT_FUNC
- && hmips->is_relocation_target))
- && h->def_dynamic
- && h->ref_regular
- && !h->def_regular
- && !h->forced_local)
- h->needs_plt = 1;
-
- /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to
- the functions directly. */
- else if (h->needs_plt
- && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
- || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
- && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)))
- {
- h->needs_plt = 0;
- return TRUE;
+ hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
+
+ /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
+ see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
+ only do this if all references to the function are through call
+ relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
+ are much more efficient than PLT entries.
+
+ Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
+ VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
+ {
+ if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
+ the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
+ function pointers compare as equal between the normal
+ executable and the shared library. */
+ if (!h->def_regular)
+ {
+ hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
+ htab->lazy_stub_count++;
+ return TRUE;
+ }
}
+ /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
+ functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
- if (h->needs_plt)
+ Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
+ are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
+ This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
+ branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
+ used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
+ for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
+ case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
+ else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
+ || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
+ && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
+ && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
+ && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
+ && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
{
/* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
- for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
+ for the header. */
if (htab->splt->size == 0)
{
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
+
+ /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
+ entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
+ Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
+ lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks
+ && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
+ for the same reason as above. */
+ if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
+ MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
+ return FALSE;
+
htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
- if (!info->shared)
+
+ /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
+ are reserved. */
+ if (!htab->is_vxworks)
+ htab->sgotplt->size += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
+
+ /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
+ .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
+ if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
}
htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
/* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
- symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables,
- point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub;
- this stub will become the canonical function address. */
- if (!h->def_regular)
+ symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
+ if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
{
h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
- if (!info->shared)
+ /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
+ lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
+ function address. */
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
h->root.u.def.value += 8;
}
- /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
- htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
- htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+ /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
+ relocation. */
+ htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
+ htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
+ ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
+ : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
/* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
- if (!info->shared)
+ if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
- return TRUE;
- }
+ /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
+ dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
+ hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
- /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not
- need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */
- if (h->type == STT_FUNC
- && h->def_dynamic
- && h->ref_regular
- && !h->def_regular)
- {
- h->root.u.def.value = 0;
return TRUE;
}
return TRUE;
}
- /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
- is not a function. */
- if (info->shared)
+ /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
+ in regular objects. */
+ if (h->def_regular)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
+ against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
+ if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
return TRUE;
+ /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
+ some that we can't convert. */
+ if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
+ "dynamic symbol %s"),
+ h->root.root.string);
+ bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+
/* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
{
- htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
+ else
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
h->needs_copy = 1;
}
+ /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
+ dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
+ hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
+
return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
}
\f
-/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
- The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
- much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
- the current linking stage. */
-
-static bfd_size_type
-count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
-{
- bfd_size_type count;
-
- count = 0;
- if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
- {
- asection *p;
- const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
-
- bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
- for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
- if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
- && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
- && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
- ++count;
- }
- return count;
-}
-
/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
struct bfd_link_info *info)
{
asection *ri;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
+ ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
+ if (ri != NULL)
+ bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
+
+ hti.info = info;
+ hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
+ hti.error = FALSE;
+ mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
+ mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
+ if (hti.error)
+ return FALSE;
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+/* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
bfd *dynobj;
asection *s;
struct mips_got_info *g;
- int i;
bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
bfd_size_type page_gotno;
- bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
bfd *sub;
struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
- /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
- ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
- if (ri != NULL)
- bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
-
- if (! (info->relocatable
- || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen))
- mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
- mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL);
+ s = htab->sgot;
+ if (s == NULL)
+ return TRUE;
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- if (dynobj == NULL)
- /* Relocatable links don't have it. */
- return TRUE;
+ g = htab->got_info;
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s);
- if (s == NULL)
- return TRUE;
+ /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
+ 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
+ BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
+ else
+ htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
+ g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
+ g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
+
+ /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
+ the target symbol. */
+ if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
+ mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
/* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
}
}
- /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with
- a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or
- higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols
- that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We
- do that here. */
- if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
- i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx;
- else
- /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring
- relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */
- i = 0;
-
- /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
- At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
- and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
- be needed. */
- dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
- + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
-
- /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
- htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
- ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
- : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
-
- /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus
- one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX
- rld. */
- loadable_size += htab->function_stub_size * (i + 1);
-
if (htab->is_vxworks)
- /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16
+ /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
page_gotno = 0;
g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
-
- g->global_gotno = i;
- s->size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
+ s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
/* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
- mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
-
/* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
__GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
dynamic loader. */
- if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
+ if (info->shared)
+ {
+ /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
+ unsigned int count;
+
+ count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
+ if (count)
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
+ }
+ }
+ else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
{
- if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, page_gotno))
+ if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
return FALSE;
}
else
{
- /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */
+ struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
+
+ /* Set up TLS entries. */
g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
+
+ /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
+ arg.info = info;
+ arg.needed = 0;
+ htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
+ mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
+ &arg);
+ if (arg.needed)
+ mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
}
- htab->computed_got_sizes = TRUE;
return TRUE;
}
+/* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
+ return;
+
+ /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
+ section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
+ htab->lazy_stub_count++;
+
+ /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
+ At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
+ and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
+ be needed. */
+ dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
+ + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
+
+ /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
+ htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
+ ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
+ : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
+
+ htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
+}
+
+/* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
+ MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
+ allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
+ if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
+ {
+ h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
+ h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
+ h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
+ htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
+ Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
+ return;
+
+ htab->sstubs->size = 0;
+ mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
+ htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
+ == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
+}
+
/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
bfd_boolean
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
s->contents
= (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
}
+
+ /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
+ if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+
+ h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
+ "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
+ htab->root.hplt = h;
+ if (h == NULL)
+ return FALSE;
+ h->type = STT_FUNC;
+ }
}
+ /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
+ elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, (PTR) info);
+
+ mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
+
+ if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
+
/* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
memory for them. */
reltext = FALSE;
- sreldyn = NULL;
for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
{
const char *name;
info->combreloc = 0;
}
}
- else if (htab->is_vxworks && strcmp (name, ".got") == 0)
- {
- /* Executables do not need a GOT. */
- if (info->shared)
- {
- /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */
- struct mips_got_info *g;
- unsigned int count;
-
- g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
- count = (g->global_gotno
- + g->local_gotno
- - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info));
- mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
- }
- }
- else if (!htab->is_vxworks && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got"))
- {
- /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done
- most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped
- to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries
- hash tables. */
- struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL);
- struct mips_got_info *g = gg;
- struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
- unsigned int needed_relocs = 0;
-
- if (gg->next)
- {
- set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
- set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
-
- /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever
- find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all
- resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */
- mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg);
- for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
- {
- unsigned int save_assign;
-
- mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g);
-
- /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
- save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
- g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
- set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
- set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
- htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
- mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
- &set_got_offset_arg);
- needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
- BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno
- <= g->global_gotno);
-
- g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
- if (info->shared)
- {
- needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
- BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
- + g->next->global_gotno
- + g->next->tls_gotno
- + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info));
- }
- }
- }
- else
- {
- struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
- arg.info = info;
- arg.needed = 0;
-
- htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs,
- &arg);
- elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
- mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
- &arg);
-
- needed_relocs += arg.needed;
- }
-
- if (needed_relocs)
- mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
- needed_relocs);
- }
- else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0)
- {
- /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end
- of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */
- s->size += htab->function_stub_size;
- }
else if (! info->shared
&& ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
&& CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
+ else if (s == htab->splt)
+ {
+ /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
+ room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
+ for CPUs without load interlocking. */
+ if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
+ && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
+ s->size += 4;
+ }
else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
+ && s != htab->sgot
&& s != htab->sgotplt
- && s != htab->splt)
+ && s != htab->sstubs
+ && s != htab->sdynbss)
{
/* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
continue;
if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
continue;
- /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its
- size above. */
- if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
- {
- sreldyn = s;
- continue;
- }
-
/* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
if (s->contents == NULL)
}
}
- /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */
- if (sreldyn != NULL)
- {
- sreldyn->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sreldyn->size);
- if (sreldyn->contents == NULL)
- {
- bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
- return FALSE;
- }
- }
-
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
{
/* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
return FALSE;
+ sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
if (htab->is_vxworks)
{
/* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
- if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE))
+ if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
{
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
return FALSE;
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
return FALSE;
}
- if (htab->splt->size > 0)
- {
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
- return FALSE;
-
- if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
- return FALSE;
- }
}
else
{
- if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE))
+ if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
{
if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
return FALSE;
&& !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
return FALSE;
}
+ if (htab->splt->size > 0)
+ {
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+
+ if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
+ return FALSE;
+ }
if (htab->is_vxworks
&& !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
return FALSE;
Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
asection *sec;
- if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE))
+ if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
{
r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
- if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL
- || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
+ if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
|| r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
- || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL)
+ || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
{
rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
const char *name;
bfd_vma value = 0;
reloc_howto_type *howto;
- bfd_boolean require_jalx;
+ bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
/* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
REL relocation. */
bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
asection *sec;
Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+ bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
+ rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
+ && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
+ relocs, rel));
/* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
- howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type,
- NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
- && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P
- (input_bfd, input_section,
- rel - relocs)));
+ howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
- if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE))
+ if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
{
sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
h = NULL;
}
if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
- {
- /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
- or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
- section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
- _bfd_clear_contents (howto, input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
- rel->r_info = 0;
- rel->r_addend = 0;
- continue;
- }
+ RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
+ rel, relend, howto, contents);
if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
{
rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
howto, contents);
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
- || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
- || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
+ if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
+ || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
&& mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
- local_sections, FALSE)))
+ local_sections)))
{
if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
contents, &addend))
{
- const char *name;
-
if (h)
name = h->root.root.string;
else
if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
{
addend += rel->r_addend;
- if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
- || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
+ if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
input_section, info, rel,
addend, howto, local_syms,
local_sections, &value,
- &name, &require_jalx,
+ &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
use_saved_addend_p))
{
case bfd_reloc_continue:
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
- && (howto->type == R_MIPS_GPREL16
- || howto->type == R_MIPS_LITERAL))
+ && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
+ || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
{
- const char *msg =
- _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
- " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
+ msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
+ " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
(*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
case bfd_reloc_ok:
break;
+ case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+ if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
+ {
+ msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
+ info->callbacks->warning
+ (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ /* Fall through. */
+
default:
abort ();
break;
/* Actually perform the relocation. */
if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
input_bfd, input_section,
- contents, require_jalx))
+ contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
\f
-/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
- adjust it appropriately now. */
+/* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
+ in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
-static void
-mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
- const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
+static int
+mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
{
- /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
- these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
- static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
- "_ftext",
- "_etext",
- "__dso_displacement",
+ struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
+ asection *s;
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
+
+ stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
+ hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
+ s = stub->stub_section;
+ loc = s->contents;
+ if (loc == NULL)
+ {
+ loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
+ if (loc == NULL)
+ {
+ hti->error = TRUE;
+ return FALSE;
+ }
+ s->contents = loc;
+ }
+
+ /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
+ offset = stub->offset;
+
+ /* Work out the target address. */
+ target = (stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ + stub->h->root.root.u.def.section->output_offset
+ + stub->h->root.root.u.def.value);
+ target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
+ target_low = (target & 0xffff);
+
+ if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
+ {
+ /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
+ of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
+ memset (loc, 0, offset);
+ loc += offset;
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
+ {
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1 (target_high),
+ loc);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2 (target_high),
+ loc + 2);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1 (target_low),
+ loc + 4);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2 (target_low),
+ loc + 6);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* This is trampoline. */
+ loc += offset;
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
+ {
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_1 (target_high),
+ loc);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS_2 (target_high),
+ loc + 2);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J_MICROMIPS_1 (target), loc + 4);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J_MICROMIPS_2 (target), loc + 6);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_1 (target_low),
+ loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_16 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS_2 (target_low),
+ loc + 10);
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
+ }
+ }
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
+ adjust it appropriately now. */
+
+static void
+mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
+ const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
+{
+ /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
+ these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
+ static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
+ "_ftext",
+ "_etext",
+ "__dso_displacement",
"__elf_header",
"__program_header_table",
NULL
const char *name;
int idx;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
- if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
+ BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
+
+ if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
{
- asection *s;
+ /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
+ bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
+ const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
+ BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
+
+ /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
+ header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->splt->output_offset);
+
+ /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
+ plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
+ / htab->plt_entry_size);
+
+ /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
+ got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
+ + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
+ got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
+ got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
+
+ /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
+ loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
+ + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
+ if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+ bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
+ else
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
+
+ /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
+ loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
+
+ /* Pick the load opcode. */
+ load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
+
+ /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
+ plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
+
+ if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
+ }
+
+ /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
+ mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
+ plt_index, h->dynindx,
+ R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
+
+ /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
+ giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
+ flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
+ binary where pointer equality matters. */
+ sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
+ if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
+ sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
+ else
+ sym->st_value = 0;
+ }
+ else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
+ {
+ /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
/* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
- MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
-
BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
|| (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
stub + idx);
- BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->size);
- memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, htab->function_stub_size);
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
+ memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
+ stub, htab->function_stub_size);
/* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
only for the referenced symbol. */
/* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
to reset the global offset table entry for this external
to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
- sym->st_value = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
+ sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
+ + htab->sstubs->output_offset
+ h->plt.offset);
}
+ /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
+ refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
+ conventions. */
+ if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
+ sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
+ + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
+ sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
+ sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
+ }
+
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
|| h->forced_local);
- sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
- BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
+ sgot = htab->sgot;
+ g = htab->got_info;
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
/* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
the symbols that need them. */
- if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
- && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
+ if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
{
bfd_vma offset;
bfd_vma value;
value = sym->st_value;
- offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
+ offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
+ R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
}
- if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1 && h->type != STT_TLS)
+ if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next && h->type != STT_TLS)
{
struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
bfd_vma entry;
e.abfd = output_bfd;
e.symndx = -1;
- e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
+ e.d.h = hmips;
e.tls_type = 0;
for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
}
}
+ /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
+ if (h->needs_copy)
+ {
+ asection *s;
+ bfd_vma symval;
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+
+ s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
+ symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
+ + h->root.u.def.value);
+ mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
+ h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
+ }
+
/* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
}
}
- /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
- if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
- sym->st_value &= ~1;
+ /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
+ treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
+ sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
+ }
return TRUE;
}
asection *sgot;
struct mips_got_info *g;
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
+ hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
{
BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
- sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
- BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
+ sgot = htab->sgot;
+ g = htab->got_info;
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
/* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
- if (g->global_gotsym != NULL
- && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
+ if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
{
bfd_vma offset;
Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
}
- /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */
- if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16)
+ /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
sym->st_value &= ~1;
return TRUE;
}
+/* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
+
+static void
+mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ bfd_byte *loc;
+ bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
+ static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
+ plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
+ else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
+ plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
+ else
+ plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
+
+ /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
+ gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
+ + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
+ gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
+ gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
+
+ /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
+ not be loaded in two instructions. */
+ BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
+ || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
+
+ /* Install the PLT header. */
+ loc = htab->splt->contents;
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
+ bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
+}
+
/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
/* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
/* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic");
- sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- if (sgot == NULL)
- gg = g = NULL;
- else
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL);
- gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info;
- BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
- g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
- BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
- }
+ sgot = htab->sgot;
+ gg = htab->got_info;
if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
{
int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
+ BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
+
+ g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
for (b = sdyn->contents;
break;
case DT_PLTGOT:
- name = ".got";
- if (htab->is_vxworks)
- {
- /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning
- of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, name);
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
- }
- else
- {
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
- BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
- dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
- }
+ s = htab->sgot;
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
+ break;
+
+ case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
+ s = htab->sgotplt;
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
break;
case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
break;
case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
- dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info);
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
break;
case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
break;
case DT_PLTREL:
- BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
- dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
+ else
+ dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
break;
case DT_PLTRELSZ:
- BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
break;
case DT_JMPREL:
- BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
- dyn.d_un.d_val = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
+ dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
+ htab->srelplt->output_offset);
break;
runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
- MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000,
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
}
for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
{
- bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
+ bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
+ g->next->tls_gotno;
MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
- + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
- MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents
- + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
+ + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
+ MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
+ sgot->contents
+ + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
if (! info->shared)
continue;
- while (index < g->assigned_gotno)
+ while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
{
rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
- = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
+ = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
(output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
bfd_abs_section_ptr,
s->contents));
/* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
- s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
- MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj));
- if (s != NULL)
+ if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
{
file_ptr dummy_offset;
- BFD_ASSERT (s->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
- dummy_offset = s->size - htab->function_stub_size;
- memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
+ dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
+ memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
htab->function_stub_size);
}
}
}
}
- if (htab->is_vxworks && htab->splt->size > 0)
+ if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
{
- if (info->shared)
- mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
+ if (htab->is_vxworks)
+ {
+ if (info->shared)
+ mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
+ else
+ mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
+ }
else
- mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
+ {
+ BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
+ mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
+ }
}
return TRUE;
}
case bfd_mach_mips8000:
case bfd_mach_mips10000:
case bfd_mach_mips12000:
+ case bfd_mach_mips14000:
+ case bfd_mach_mips16000:
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
break;
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
break;
+ case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
+ val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
+ val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
+ break;
+
case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
break;
+ case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
+ val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
+ val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
+ break;
+
+ case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
+ val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
+ break;
+
case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
break;
unsigned long r_symndx;
struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+ if (info->relocatable)
+ return TRUE;
+
symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
{
+ case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
+ case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
case R_MIPS_GOT16:
case R_MIPS_CALL16:
case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
+ case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
/* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
_bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
+ dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
+ indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
+ /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
+ definition will be against the target symbol. */
+ if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
+ dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
+
if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
return;
- dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
- indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
-
- if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
- dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
-}
-
-void
-_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
- struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry,
- bfd_boolean force_local)
-{
- bfd *dynobj;
- asection *got;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
- struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
- struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
-
- h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
- if (h->forced_local)
- return;
- h->forced_local = force_local;
-
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
- if (dynobj != NULL && force_local && h->root.type != STT_TLS
- && (got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, TRUE)) != NULL
- && (g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info) != NULL)
+ if (indmips->fn_stub)
{
- if (g->next)
- {
- struct mips_got_entry e;
- struct mips_got_info *gg = g;
-
- /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a
- local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT
- that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease
- the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually
- the upper limit of global entries. */
- e.abfd = dynobj;
- e.symndx = -1;
- e.d.h = h;
- e.tls_type = 0;
-
- for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next)
- if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e))
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
- g->local_gotno++;
- g->global_gotno--;
- }
-
- /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we
- no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry
- at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one
- of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */
- if (h->root.got.offset == 2)
- {
- BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0);
- gg->assigned_gotno--;
- }
- }
- else if (h->root.got.offset == 1)
- {
- /* check_relocs didn't know that this symbol would be
- forced-local, so add an extra local got entry. */
- g->local_gotno++;
- if (htab->computed_got_sizes)
- {
- /* We'll have treated this symbol as global rather
- than local. */
- BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0);
- g->global_gotno--;
- }
- }
- else if (htab->is_vxworks && h->root.needs_plt)
- {
- /* check_relocs didn't know that this symbol would be
- forced-local, so add an extra local got entry. */
- g->local_gotno++;
- if (htab->computed_got_sizes)
- /* The symbol is only used in call relocations, so we'll
- have assumed it only needs a .got.plt entry. Increase
- the size of .got accordingly. */
- got->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
- }
+ dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
+ indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
+ }
+ if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
+ {
+ dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
+ indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
+ }
+ if (indmips->call_stub)
+ {
+ dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
+ indmips->call_stub = NULL;
+ }
+ if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
+ {
+ dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
+ indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
}
+ if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
+ dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
+ if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
+ indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
+ if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
+ dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
- _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local);
+ if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
+ dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
}
\f
#define PDR_SIZE 32
return TRUE;
}
\f
+/* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
+ from output by default for clarity. */
+
+bfd_boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
+{
+ return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
+}
+
/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
}
- return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
- count);
-}
+ return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
+ count);
+}
+
+/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
+ MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
+
+bfd_byte *
+_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
+ (bfd *abfd,
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
+ struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
+ bfd_byte *data,
+ bfd_boolean relocatable,
+ asymbol **symbols)
+{
+ /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
+ bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
+ asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
+ bfd_size_type sz;
+
+ long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
+ arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
+ long reloc_count;
+
+ if (reloc_size < 0)
+ goto error_return;
+
+ reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
+ if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
+ goto error_return;
+
+ /* read in the section */
+ sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
+ if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
+ goto error_return;
+
+ reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
+ input_section,
+ reloc_vector,
+ symbols);
+ if (reloc_count < 0)
+ goto error_return;
+
+ if (reloc_count > 0)
+ {
+ arelent **parent;
+ /* for mips */
+ int gp_found;
+ bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
+
+ {
+ struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
+ struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
+ /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
+ if (abfd && input_bfd
+ && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
+ lh = 0;
+ else
+ {
+ h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
+ lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
+ }
+ lookup:
+ if (lh)
+ {
+ switch (lh->type)
+ {
+ case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
+ case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
+ case bfd_link_hash_common:
+ gp_found = 0;
+ break;
+ case bfd_link_hash_defined:
+ case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
+ gp_found = 1;
+ gp = lh->u.def.value;
+ break;
+ case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
+ case bfd_link_hash_warning:
+ lh = lh->u.i.link;
+ /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
+ goto lookup;
+ case bfd_link_hash_new:
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ }
+ else
+ gp_found = 0;
+ }
+ /* end mips */
+ for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
+ {
+ char *error_message = NULL;
+ bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+
+ /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
+ knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
+ asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
+
+ /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
+ function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
+ to the generic handling. */
+ if (gp_found
+ && (*parent)->howto->special_function
+ == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
+ r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
+ input_section, relocatable,
+ data, gp);
+ else
+ r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
+ input_section,
+ relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
+ &error_message);
+
+ if (relocatable)
+ {
+ asection *os = input_section->output_section;
+
+ /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
+ os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
+ os->reloc_count++;
+ }
+
+ if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+ {
+ switch (r)
+ {
+ case bfd_reloc_undefined:
+ if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
+ (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
+ input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
+ goto error_return;
+ break;
+ case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
+ BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
+ if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
+ (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
+ (*parent)->address)))
+ goto error_return;
+ break;
+ case bfd_reloc_overflow:
+ if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
+ (link_info, NULL,
+ bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
+ (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
+ input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
+ goto error_return;
+ break;
+ case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ break;
+ }
+
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+ free (reloc_vector);
+ return data;
+
+error_return:
+ if (reloc_vector != NULL)
+ free (reloc_vector);
+ return NULL;
+}
+\f
+static bfd_boolean
+mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
+ asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+ unsigned int sec_shndx;
+ bfd_byte *contents;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
+ unsigned int symcount;
+
+ sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
+ contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
+
+ irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
+ irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
+
+ /* Actually delete the bytes. */
+ memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
+ (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
+ sec->size -= count;
+
+ /* Adjust all the relocs. */
+ for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+ {
+ /* Get the new reloc address. */
+ if (irel->r_offset > addr)
+ irel->r_offset -= count;
+ }
+
+ BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
+ BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
+
+ /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+ isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
+ for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
+ if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
+ && isym->st_value > addr)
+ isym->st_value -= count;
+
+ /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
+ symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
+ - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
+ sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
+ end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
+
+ for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
+ {
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
+
+ if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
+ || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
+ {
+ bfd_vma value;
+
+ value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
+ if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
+ value &= MINUS_TWO;
+ if (value > addr)
+ sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
+ }
+ }
+
+ return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
+ opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
+
+struct opcode_descriptor {
+ unsigned long match;
+ unsigned long mask;
+};
+
+/* The $ra register aka $31. */
+
+#define RA 31
+
+/* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
+
+#define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
+#define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
+
+/* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
+
+#define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
+ ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
+
+
+/* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
+ { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
+ { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
+ { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
+ { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
+ { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
+ { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
+ { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
+ { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xac00 };
+
+
+/* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
+
+/* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
+ eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
+ 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
+
+#define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
+ { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
+ { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
+ { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
+ { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
+ { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
+ { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
+ { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
+ { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+/* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
+
+#define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
+#define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
+ (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
+
+
+/* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
+ { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
+ { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
+ { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
+ { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
+ { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
+
+/* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
+ { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
+
+ { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
+ { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
+
+ { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
+ { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
+ { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+/* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
+ { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
+
+ { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
+ { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+
+/* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
+ { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
+ { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
+ { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
+
+#define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
+
+/* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
+ { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
+
+ { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
+ { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
+ { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+
+/* LUI instruction. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
+ { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
+
+
+/* ADDIU instruction. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
+ { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
+ { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
+
+#define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
+ (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
+
+
+/* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
+
+/* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
+ (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
+#define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
+#define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
+
+#define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
+#define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
+ { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
+ { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
+ { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
+};
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
+ { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
+
+
+/* NOP instructions. */
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
+ { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
+
+static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
+ { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
+
+
+/* Instruction match support. */
+
+#define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
+
+static int
+find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
+{
+ unsigned long indx;
+
+ for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
+ if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
+ return indx;
+
+ return -1;
+}
+
+
+/* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
+
+/* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
+ return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
+ Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
+ the second half of another instruction. */
+
+static int
+check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
+{
+ unsigned long opcode;
+ int bdsize;
+
+ opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
+ if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
+ /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 4;
+ else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
+ || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
+ /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 2;
+ else
+ /* No delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 0;
+
+ return bdsize;
+}
+
+/* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
+ return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
+ Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
+ the second half of another instruction. */
+
+static int
+check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
+{
+ unsigned long opcode;
+ int bdsize;
+
+ opcode = (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
+ if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
+ /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 4;
+ else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
+ /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 2;
+ else
+ /* No delay slot. */
+ bdsize = 0;
+
+ return bdsize;
+}
+
+/* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
+ that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
+{
+ unsigned long opcode;
+
+ opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
+ if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
+ /* B16 */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
+ /* JR16 */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
+ /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
+ /* JALR16 */
+ && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
+ then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
+
+static int
+check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
+{
+ unsigned long opcode;
+
+ opcode = (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
+ if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
+ /* J */
+ || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
+ /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
+ /* JAL, JALX */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
+ /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
+ || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
+ /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
+ && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
+ || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
+ /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
+ && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
+ return TRUE;
+
+ return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* Bitsize checking. */
+#define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
+ (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
+ - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
+
+/* See if relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS, IRELEND) confirm that there
+ is a 4-byte branch at offset OFFSET. */
+
+static bfd_boolean
+check_4byte_branch (Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend, bfd_vma offset)
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
+ unsigned long r_type;
+
+ for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+ if (irel->r_offset == offset)
+ {
+ r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
+ if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_JALR)
+ return TRUE;
+ }
+ return FALSE;
+}
+\f
+bfd_boolean
+_bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
+ struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
+ bfd_boolean *again)
+{
+ Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
+ Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
+ bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
+
+ /* Assume nothing changes. */
+ *again = FALSE;
+
+ /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
+ this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
+ code section. */
+
+ if (link_info->relocatable
+ || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
+ || sec->reloc_count == 0
+ || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
+ return TRUE;
+
+ symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
+
+ /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
+ internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
+ (abfd, sec, (PTR) NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
+ link_info->keep_memory));
+ if (internal_relocs == NULL)
+ goto error_return;
+
+ /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
+ irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
+ for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
+ {
+ unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
+ unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
+ bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
+ unsigned long opcode;
+ bfd_vma symval;
+ bfd_vma pcrval;
+ int fndopc;
+
+ /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
+ to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
+ int delcnt = 0;
+ int deloff = 0;
+
+ /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
+ this reloc. */
+ if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
+ && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
+ && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
+ if (contents == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
+ if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
+ contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
+ /* Go get them off disk. */
+ else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+
+ /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
+ if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
+ {
+ isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
+ if (isymbuf == NULL)
+ isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
+ symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
+ NULL, NULL, NULL);
+ if (isymbuf == NULL)
+ goto error_return;
+ }
+
+ /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
+ if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
+ {
+ /* A local symbol. */
+ Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
+ asection *sym_sec;
+
+ isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
+ if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
+ sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
+ else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
+ sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
+ else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
+ sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
+ else
+ sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
+ symval = (isym->st_value
+ + sym_sec->output_section->vma
+ + sym_sec->output_offset);
+ target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ unsigned long indx;
+ struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
+
+ /* An external symbol. */
+ indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
+ h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
+ BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
+
+ if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
+ && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
+ /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
+ symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
+ regular reloc processing. */
+ continue;
+
+ symval = (h->root.u.def.value
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
+ + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
+ target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
+ && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
+ }
+
+
+ /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
+ section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
+ table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
+ information. It would be possible to instead create a table
+ of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
+ that would be more work, but would require less memory when
+ the linker is run. */
+
+ /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
+ if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
+ continue;
+
+ opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset ) << 16;
+ opcode |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset + 2);
+
+ /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
+ relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
+ pcrval = (symval
+ - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
+ - irel->r_offset);
+
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
+ of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
+ R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
+
+ (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
+
+ where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
+ location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
+ out the offset). */
+ if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
+ {
+ unsigned long nextopc;
+ unsigned long reg;
+ bfd_vma offset;
+
+ /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
+ too. */
+ if (irel > internal_relocs
+ && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
+ && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
+ if (irel + 1 >= irelend
+ || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
+ || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
+ if (irel + 2 >= irelend
+ && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
+ && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
+ continue;
+
+ /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot. */
+ if (irel->r_offset >= 2
+ && check_br16_dslot (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset - 2) > 0
+ && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
+ /* If the instruction is actually a 4-byte branch,
+ the value of check_br16_dslot doesn't matter.
+ We should use check_br32_dslot to check whether
+ the branch has a delay slot. */
+ && check_4byte_branch (internal_relocs, irelend,
+ irel->r_offset - 4)))
+ continue;
+ if (irel->r_offset >= 4
+ && check_br32_dslot (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset - 4) > 0)
+ continue;
+
+ reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
+
+ /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
+ a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
+ must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
+ Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
+ offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
+ switch (offset - 4)
+ {
+ case 0:
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ if (check_br16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset + 4, reg))
+ break;
+ continue;
+ case 4:
+ if (check_br32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset + 4, reg))
+ break;
+ continue;
+ default:
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ nextopc = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset ) << 16;
+ nextopc |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset + 2);
+
+ /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
+ relocations. */
+ if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
+ and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
+ pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
+
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
+ if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
+ {
+ /* Fix the relocation's type. */
+ irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
+
+ /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
+ source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
+ (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
+ nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
+ contents + irel[1].r_offset);
+ }
+
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
+ We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
+ the PC-relative distance. */
+ else if (symval % 4 == 0
+ && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
+ && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
+ && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
+ && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
+ {
+ /* Fix the relocation's type. */
+ irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
+
+ /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
+ nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
+ | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
+
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
+ contents + irel[1].r_offset);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, nextopc & 0xffff,
+ contents + irel[1].r_offset + 2);
+ }
+
+ /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
+ else
+ continue;
+
+ /* Fix the relocation's type. */
+ irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
+
+ /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
+ delcnt = 4;
+ deloff = 0;
+ }
-/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
- MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
+ /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
+ employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
+ always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
+ but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
+ && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
+ || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
+ && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset + 4),
+ nop_insn_16))
+ {
+ unsigned long reg;
-bfd_byte *
-_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
- (bfd *abfd,
- struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
- struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
- bfd_byte *data,
- bfd_boolean relocatable,
- asymbol **symbols)
-{
- /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
- bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
- asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
- bfd_size_type sz;
+ reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
- long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
- arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
- long reloc_count;
+ /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
+ opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
+ | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
+ | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
- if (reloc_size < 0)
- goto error_return;
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff,
+ contents + irel->r_offset);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff,
+ contents + irel->r_offset + 2);
- reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
- if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
- goto error_return;
+ /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
+ irel->offset + 4. */
+ delcnt = 2;
+ deloff = 4;
+ }
- /* read in the section */
- sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
- if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
- goto error_return;
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
+ to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
+ && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
+ {
+ /* Fix the relocation's type. */
+ irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
- reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
- input_section,
- reloc_vector,
- symbols);
- if (reloc_count < 0)
- goto error_return;
+ /* Replace the the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd,
+ (b_insn_16.match
+ | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
+ contents + irel->r_offset);
- if (reloc_count > 0)
- {
- arelent **parent;
- /* for mips */
- int gp_found;
- bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
+ /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
+ delcnt = 2;
+ deloff = 2;
+ }
- {
- struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
- struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
- /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
- if (abfd && input_bfd
- && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
- lh = 0;
- else
- {
- h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
- lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
- }
- lookup:
- if (lh)
- {
- switch (lh->type)
- {
- case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
- case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
- case bfd_link_hash_common:
- gp_found = 0;
- break;
- case bfd_link_hash_defined:
- case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
- gp_found = 1;
- gp = lh->u.def.value;
- break;
- case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
- case bfd_link_hash_warning:
- lh = lh->u.i.link;
- /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
- goto lookup;
- case bfd_link_hash_new:
- default:
- abort ();
- }
- }
- else
- gp_found = 0;
- }
- /* end mips */
- for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
+ to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
+ && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
+ && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
+ && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
+ || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
+ && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
{
- char *error_message = NULL;
- bfd_reloc_status_type r;
+ unsigned long reg;
- /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
- knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
- asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
+ reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
- /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
- function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
- to the generic handling. */
- if (gp_found
- && (*parent)->howto->special_function
- == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
- r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
- input_section, relocatable,
- data, gp);
- else
- r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
- input_section,
- relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
- &error_message);
+ /* Fix the relocation's type. */
+ irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
- if (relocatable)
+ /* Replace the the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd,
+ (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
+ | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
+ | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
+ contents + irel->r_offset);
+
+ /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
+ delcnt = 2;
+ deloff = 2;
+ }
+
+ /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
+ else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
+ && target_is_micromips_code_p
+ && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
+ && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
+ {
+ unsigned long n32opc;
+ bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
+
+ n32opc = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset + 4) << 16;
+ n32opc |= bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset + 6);
+
+ if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
{
- asection *os = input_section->output_section;
+ /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match,
+ contents + irel->r_offset + 4);
- /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
- os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
- os->reloc_count++;
+ relaxed = TRUE;
}
-
- if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
+ else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
{
- switch (r)
- {
- case bfd_reloc_undefined:
- if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
- (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
- input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
- goto error_return;
- break;
- case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
- BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
- if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
- (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
- (*parent)->address)))
- goto error_return;
- break;
- case bfd_reloc_overflow:
- if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
- (link_info, NULL,
- bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
- (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
- input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
- goto error_return;
- break;
- case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
- default:
- abort ();
- break;
- }
+ /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd,
+ (move_insn_16.match
+ | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
+ | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
+ contents + irel->r_offset + 4);
+
+ relaxed = TRUE;
+ }
+ /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
+ instructions will be handled here later. */
+ if (relaxed)
+ {
+ /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
+ with 16-bit delay slot. */
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, (jal_insn_32_bd16.match >> 16) & 0xffff,
+ contents + irel->r_offset);
+ bfd_put_16 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match & 0xffff,
+ contents + irel->r_offset + 2);
+
+ /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
+ delcnt = 2;
+ deloff = 6;
}
}
+
+ if (delcnt != 0)
+ {
+ /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
+ elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
+ elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
+ symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
+
+ /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
+ if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
+ irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
+ goto error_return;
+
+ /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
+ Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
+ *again = TRUE;
+ }
}
- if (reloc_vector != NULL)
- free (reloc_vector);
- return data;
-error_return:
- if (reloc_vector != NULL)
- free (reloc_vector);
- return NULL;
+ if (isymbuf != NULL
+ && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
+ {
+ if (! link_info->keep_memory)
+ free (isymbuf);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
+ symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (contents != NULL
+ && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
+ {
+ if (! link_info->keep_memory)
+ free (contents);
+ else
+ {
+ /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
+ elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
+ }
+ }
+
+ if (internal_relocs != NULL
+ && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
+ free (internal_relocs);
+
+ return TRUE;
+
+ error_return:
+ if (isymbuf != NULL
+ && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
+ free (isymbuf);
+ if (contents != NULL
+ && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
+ free (contents);
+ if (internal_relocs != NULL
+ && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
+ free (internal_relocs);
+
+ return FALSE;
}
\f
/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
- sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)))
+ sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
+ MIPS_ELF_DATA))
{
free (ret);
return NULL;
ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE;
ret->rld_value = 0;
ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE;
- ret->computed_got_sizes = FALSE;
+ ret->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = FALSE;
ret->is_vxworks = FALSE;
ret->small_data_overflow_reported = FALSE;
ret->srelbss = NULL;
ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
ret->sgotplt = NULL;
ret->splt = NULL;
+ ret->sstubs = NULL;
+ ret->sgot = NULL;
+ ret->got_info = NULL;
ret->plt_header_size = 0;
ret->plt_entry_size = 0;
+ ret->lazy_stub_count = 0;
ret->function_stub_size = 0;
+ ret->strampoline = NULL;
+ ret->la25_stubs = NULL;
+ ret->add_stub_section = NULL;
return &ret->root.root;
}
struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
- htab->is_vxworks = 1;
+ htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
+ htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
}
return ret;
}
+
+/* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
+ and copy relocs. */
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
+{
+ mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
+}
\f
/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
asection *rtproc_sec;
Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
+ struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
};
- /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the
- generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us.
- Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do
- the sort again. */
+ /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
+ those without. */
htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
- if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
- {
- bfd *dynobj;
- asection *got;
- struct mips_got_info *g;
- bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount;
-
- /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what
- the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section
- symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only
- adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that
- we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options
- section above. */
-
- dynsecsymcount = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info);
- if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, dynsecsymcount + 1))
- return FALSE;
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
- /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */
- dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
- got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE);
- g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info;
+ if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
+ return FALSE;
- if (g->global_gotsym != NULL)
- BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
- - g->global_gotsym->dynindx)
- <= g->global_gotno);
- }
+ /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
+ hti.info = info;
+ hti.output_bfd = abfd;
+ hti.error = FALSE;
+ htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
+ if (hti.error)
+ return FALSE;
/* Get a value for the GP register. */
if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
input_bfd = input_section->owner;
- if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
- ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL)
+ if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
{
/* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
+ /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
+ { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
+
/* MIPS64 extensions. */
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
{ bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
+ { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
+ { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
/* MIPS V extensions. */
{ bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
/* R10000 extensions. */
{ bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
+ { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
+ { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
/* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
{ bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
/* MIPS III extensions. */
+ { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
+ { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
{ bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
{ bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
{ bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
;
- else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 3)
+ else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
_bfd_error_handler
(_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), ibfd,
in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
- else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 3)
+ else if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i > 4)
_bfd_error_handler
(_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"), obfd,
out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
obfd, ibfd);
break;
+ case 4:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ break;
+
default:
abort ();
}
obfd, ibfd);
break;
+ case 4:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ break;
+
default:
abort ();
}
{
case 1:
case 2:
+ case 4:
_bfd_error_handler
(_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
ibfd, obfd);
}
break;
+ case 4:
+ switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses -msingle-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ break;
+
+ case 2:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses -mdouble-float, %B uses -mips32r2 -mfp64"),
+ ibfd, obfd);
+ break;
+
+ case 3:
+ _bfd_error_handler
+ (_("Warning: %B uses hard float, %B uses soft float"),
+ obfd, ibfd);
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ abort ();
+ }
+ break;
+
default:
abort ();
}
bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
asection *sec;
- /* Check if we have the same endianess */
+ /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
{
(*_bfd_error_handler)
return FALSE;
}
- if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
- || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
+ if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
return TRUE;
if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
- /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are
- PIC by design. */
- if ((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0
- && (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
- new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
+ /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
+ if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
+ new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
if (new_flags == old_flags)
return TRUE;
for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
{
/* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
- which are automatically generated by gas. */
- if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
+ which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
+ (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
+ not affect compatibility. */
+ if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
+ && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
&& strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
&& (sec->size != 0
|| (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
!= ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
{
(*_bfd_error_handler)
- (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"),
+ (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
ibfd);
ok = TRUE;
}
old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
}
- /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */
+ /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
+ and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
{
+ int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
+ int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
+ int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
+ int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
+ int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
+ int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
+
+ if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
+ {
+ (*_bfd_error_handler)
+ (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
+ ibfd,
+ m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
+ m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
+ ok = FALSE;
+ }
+
elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
return TRUE;
}
+char *
+_bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
+{
+ switch (dtag)
+ {
+ default: return "";
+ case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
+ return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
+ case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
+ return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
+ case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
+ return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
+ case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
+ return "MIPS_IVERSION";
+ case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
+ return "MIPS_FLAGS";
+ case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
+ return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
+ case DT_MIPS_MSYM:
+ return "MIPS_MSYM";
+ case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
+ return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
+ case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
+ return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
+ case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
+ return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
+ case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
+ return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
+ case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
+ return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
+ case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
+ return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
+ case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
+ return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
+ case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
+ return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
+ case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
+ return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
+ case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
+ return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
+ case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
+ return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
+ case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
+ return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
+ case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
+ return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
+ case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
+ return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
+ case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
+ return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
+ case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
+ return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
+ case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
+ return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
+ case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
+ return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
+ case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
+ return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
+ case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
+ return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
+ case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
+ return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
+ case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
+ return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
+ case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
+ return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
+ case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
+ return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
+ case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
+ return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
+ case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
+ return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
+ case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
+ return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
+ case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
+ return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
+ case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
+ return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
+ }
+}
+
bfd_boolean
_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
{
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
+ if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
+ fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
+
if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
else
|| sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
|| sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
}
+
+/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
+ or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
+
+bfd_vma
+_bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
+ const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
+{
+ return (plt->vma
+ + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
+ + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
+}
+
+void
+_bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
+{
+ struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
+ Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
+
+ i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
+ if (link_info)
+ {
+ htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
+ BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
+
+ if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
+ i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;
+ }
+}
projects / deliverable / binutils-gdb.git / blobdiff